Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete...
Transcript of Kindergarten Thematic Unit - Squarespace · Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min ... Students complete...
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Thematic Unit for High School and Post-Secondary
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Lesson Plans 11-15
Created by Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing Facebook Profile
Hobbies
Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read an infographic and introduction about various contestants of reality show in Arabic and identify the name age country of origin and their hobbies
Students watch a video and identify the type of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies
Presentational Communication
Students introduce an Arab male and female They state their names age country of origin and the hobbies of
Recycled vocabulary
مع السالمة ndashعسالمة ndashهال -أهال وسهالndashأهال ndashالتحية مرحبا
من أنت من أنت ndashأنا أهال ndashأهال وسهال ndashمرحبا
احلاء -الباء ndashالفاء -الياء ndashالواو -الكاف ndashالنون -التاء -السني ndashامليم -احلروف األلف الالم ndashالدال
كيف حالك كيف حالك خبري واحلمد هلل إزيك شلونك كيفك
ما امسك ما امسك امسي تشرفنا مع السالمة
صباح النور _اخلري صباح التحية من أربع بلدان عربية هال أهلني مرحبا أهال بيك
الباس ndashعسالمة ndashبنشكر اهلل -مساء النور ndashمساء اخلري
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من
خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة
أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية
لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف
( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )
أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح
شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل
خابريين مشتاق لك
Vocabulary and Phrases
وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
ما عندي هوايات
أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد
هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من
حرف اهلاء
Cultural and Content Knowledge
There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them
Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class
Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies
Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
TV program هوايات
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input
The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan
The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles
The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea
The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby
The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like
The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context
The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular
10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك
Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer
Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies
The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person
سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب
5 min
Blog العشاق ملتقى
Information about contestant
of reality show
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in
common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing Facebook Profile
Hobbies
Day in Unit 11 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read an infographic and introduction about various contestants of reality show in Arabic and identify the name age country of origin and their hobbies
Students watch a video and identify the type of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies
Presentational Communication
Students introduce an Arab male and female They state their names age country of origin and the hobbies of
Recycled vocabulary
مع السالمة ndashعسالمة ndashهال -أهال وسهالndashأهال ndashالتحية مرحبا
من أنت من أنت ndashأنا أهال ndashأهال وسهال ndashمرحبا
احلاء -الباء ndashالفاء -الياء ndashالواو -الكاف ndashالنون -التاء -السني ndashامليم -احلروف األلف الالم ndashالدال
كيف حالك كيف حالك خبري واحلمد هلل إزيك شلونك كيفك
ما امسك ما امسك امسي تشرفنا مع السالمة
صباح النور _اخلري صباح التحية من أربع بلدان عربية هال أهلني مرحبا أهال بيك
الباس ndashعسالمة ndashبنشكر اهلل -مساء النور ndashمساء اخلري
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من
خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة
أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية
لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف
( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )
أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح
شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل
خابريين مشتاق لك
Vocabulary and Phrases
وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
ما عندي هوايات
أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد
هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من
حرف اهلاء
Cultural and Content Knowledge
There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them
Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class
Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies
Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
TV program هوايات
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input
The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan
The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles
The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea
The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby
The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like
The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context
The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular
10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك
Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer
Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies
The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person
سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب
5 min
Blog العشاق ملتقى
Information about contestant
of reality show
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in
common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
هو من هي من من أين أنت من أين أنت أنا من
خبري احلمد هلل متام منيح كويس كويسة
أين تسكن أين تسكنني أسكن يف النسبة اجلنسية
لكن أيضا ndashماشاء اهلل كنت أسكن يف
( ما رقم بيتك رقم بييت 10 ndash 0مارقم تلفونك ما رقم تلفونك رقم تليفوني األرقام )
أحب ال أحب عندي ما عندي -عن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
كيف األهل شو األخبار أخبارك إيه إن شاء اهلل كل شيء منيح
شو اخبارك شلون الصحة ndashعن إذنك طيب اهلل معك مع السالمة
عفوا مل أفهم شو قلت ماذا قلت واهلل صحيح حلو ما شاء اهلل
خابريين مشتاق لك
Vocabulary and Phrases
وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلةهواييت املفضلة أحب ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
ما عندي هوايات
أمارس ال أمارس قضاء وقت ممتع قضاء وقت سعيد
هواياته هواياتها تسكن يف يسكن يف هو من هي من
حرف اهلاء
Cultural and Content Knowledge
There are universal hobbies and hobbies that reflect the Gulf region Hobbies are affected by the nature of the country
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them
Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class
Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies
Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
TV program هوايات
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input
The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan
The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles
The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea
The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby
The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like
The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context
The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular
10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك
Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer
Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies
The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person
سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب
5 min
Blog العشاق ملتقى
Information about contestant
of reality show
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in
common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read multiple entries about various Arab people and choose the person who has most in common with them
Complete a survey about hobbies and identify the most popular hobbies in the class
Introduce an Arab person that they like hisher hobbies
Students complete worksheet that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows a series of pictures about hobbies Or use the introduction ad for the TV program ldquoHobbiesrdquo or creates a video of a collection of small segments of the program ldquoHobbiesrdquo
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
TV program هوايات
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input
The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan
The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles
The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea
The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby
The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like
The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context
The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular
10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك
Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer
Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies
The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person
سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب
5 min
Blog العشاق ملتقى
Information about contestant
of reality show
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in
common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input
The teacher tells students hobbies is something you enjoy doing (using gestures) recycle words like happy (makes you feel happy) etc
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that is universal such as reading playing soccer cooking singing playing music etc and tell that these hobbies are practices in the Arab world and in America Canada Japan
The teacher shows hobbies that are unique to the Gulf countries such as haunting using eagles
The teacher shows some hobbies that relate to the nature of the Arab country such as scopa diving in Sharm Ashaikh in Egypt and fishing in the countries next to the sea
The teacher shows the infographic of Arab Idols contestantsrsquo favorite hobbies She reads the name of each one stating their favorite hobby
The teacher projects several hobbies that have their names written under each one She starts by naming her hobbies She also states what the name of her favorite hobby and the hobbies she doesnrsquot like
The teacher tells about the age she started to practice each hobby The focus of the teacher talk is repeating the names of these hobbies in context
The teacher names each one and tells about where in the Arab world this hobby is popular
10 min بعيدا عن الفن هوايات - إنفوغرافيك
Arab Idolمتعددة لشباب
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher name one hobby at a time she asks students to tell if they like it or not Students respond with yesno eitheror and short answer
Students tell a partner their hobbies هواياتي الرقص والغناء والقراءة وتصفح النت احب القراءة كثيرا قليال ال أحب القراءة أبدا وتحديد ما يحبون وال يحبون
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher presents selection of various entries from blogs of Arab stating what their hobbies
The teacher chooses one of the listed people and model how to report about this person
سنة هو من المغرب هوايته القراءة والنت 26 عمره عبد المغيث أميزاخترت رجل اسمه وأنا هوايتي القراءة والنت أيضا هو يحب لكن أنا ال أحب
5 min
Blog العشاق ملتقى
Information about contestant
of reality show
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback In groups of three each student chooses a person that he has something in
common with then talks about himher They present their names age 10 min
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
where are they from their hobbies and the hobby they like too and they tell about what they like but they donrsquot like
Provide Input
The teacher shows a segment of a ldquo هوايات ldquo TV program for children She model how she uses clues to identify the name of the hobby and the name of the person who practice it
She model how she can write the statement about the person and if she like this hobby and if she practice or not practice it
5 min
One segment of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
PPT slide or projector of a
worksheet
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students listen to various segments of videos and record the name of the hobby the personrsquos name if they like this hobby too or not if they practice it too or they like it but donrsquot practice it
10 min
Two segments of TV program
called ldquoHiwayatrdquo
Worksheet هواية هي
أنا أحب هذه الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال
أمارسها ابدا
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the The student traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the way students can write it
The teacher sounds the letter with short and long vowels
10 min PPT
Board and colored pens
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names or words they have learned so far that has the letter in them such as هوايته ndashهي ndashهو ndashالحمد هلل ndash هواياتي ndashهواية
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo ه
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned أفهم ndashشهر ndashرفاه ndashسهر ndashهي ndashهو ndashله
Students compare the sounds of ح و هـ
15 Worksheets
Closure Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
5 minutes
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic How Often I have Time for my
Hobbies
Day in Unit 12 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students watch video segments and identify the types of greeting name nationality and the personrsquos hobbies
Students read the result of a survey and identify the three most popular hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about their hobbies what is their favorite hobby how often they practice it when and with whom they practice it
Recycled vocabulary
السؤال عن احلال -تقديم االسم والعمر ويوم امليالد والدراسة ndashالتحية
أحب وال أحب ما عندي هواية مفضلة هواييت املفضلة ndashما هوايتك املفضلة ndashاهلوايات
Vocabulary and Phrases
وقت الفراغ - أنواع الرياضة
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Presentational Communication
Students respond to one of the blogs or the survey and write about their hobbies
مرتني كل أسبوع أي متى متارس متارسني هوايتك أمارسها كل يوم مرة كل أسبوع
وقت متارس متارسني يف الصباح يف املساء
نعم أحب ال أحب هل حتب حتبني
أحب فريق برشلونة أشاهد ألعب
أيضا -لكن -كثريا قليال أحيانا أبدا كل يوم ما عندي هوايات
Cultural and Content Knowledge
Soccer is the most popular sport in the Arab world Boys start playing with their neighbors
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Listen to segments of TV program and complete an interpretive listening guide
Students interpret the result of survey about hobbies and identify how many people participated and what are the most and least favorite
Students will meet and greet other students in the class and complete an interview grid and discover which hobby students in the class share who has similar hobbies or totally the opposite
Student participate in a blog about favorite hobbies by entering their hobbies when they practice it and how often
Complete worksheets about the letter that demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that has the letter complete the word with the missing letter and create words using the letters learned so far (Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills)
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology
What materials will you develop What materials will you use from
other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
Daily routine of greetings and asking about wellbeing verbally or using WatsApp or Tweet
The teacher shares the objectives of the day and what they need to show as evidence of their learning
The teacher shows some of the hobbies and students name them They can share HW
5 min
Lesson objectives
HW
Provide Input
The teacher shows pictures of hobbies that focus on sports Name the sports talk about the best teams in each sport
The teacher tells if she likes that sport or not if she used to play it or watch it the name of team and player she like Says the best team the best player
10 min
Pictures of various sports
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The teacher asks the students about each type of sports and they answer She asks couple if they play it or watch it on TV
Students practice asking a partner in the class the questions regarding likes and dislikes of various sports
4- 5 students report to whole class
15 min
Model questions on a board
or PPT
هل تحب كرة القدم أي رياضة
تحبتحبين
Provide Input
The teacher shows the class the blog where they listed series of hobbies and requested people to choose and vote
The teacher shows the results and asks them to identify how many people voted and what are the names of the three most popular out of the listed ones
5 min
Blog What are your hobbies Blog2
استطالع
خطوات لتتعرف على هواياتك 6
االستبيان
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students participate in the survey and submit their answers 5 min استطالع
Blog What are your hobbies
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Blog2
Provide Input
The teacher explains that they need to complete an interview grid in order to create a graph about their classrooms She models the questions
Option 1 Students watch excerpts from a TV program They identify the hobbies
people listed and the questions used by the host of the program The teacher brings to their attention how some people were surprised
with the question and others refused to stop and talk Students predict the reasons behind these reactions
The teacher writes the questions used on the board Option 2 The teacher presents the interview was made on a radio This would
serve only to create the context of interview for the students (The radio recording is not very clear but it has transcript depending on time available this can be used as a learning episode)
The teacher models by reading the questions and responding with her answers Modeling should have variation of questions in order to give students multiple options to choose complete their tasks (option The teacher record this conversation with a friend and letrsquos students listen to it)
The teacher model with couple students who are strong
10 min
PPT slide or projector of an
interview grid
برنامج أردني شو عندك هواية
إذاعي عن املواهب ndashبرنامج على الناصية
Taped conversation
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students break into four or five groups depending on the number of students in class by counting off to number 4 or 5 All students who have number one become one group the 2s makes the second group etc
The students talk to each member of their group individually They ask and answer regarding their hobbies if they practice it or like to watch it (sports) when do they practice it or how often where and with whom they practice it or watch it
15 min
Interview grid and flip chart
هواية هي أنا أحب هذه
الهواية وأمارسها أحيانا ال أمارسها ابدا
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher regroup the students by putting the 1-4 in one group and they report about the people they met in order to complete the graph about the students they just report on the 3 most popular and the least favorite hobbies They create a graph and post it in the class
Students in groups write their prediction about what would it be her name how old is she what are her hobbies and where is she from
Students share their prediction while the teacher writes them on them on the board
The students listen again and check the answers that are listed correctly and the one that was incorrect Then they record the correct answer
Provide Input
The teacher review the letters they have learned so far and introduce the ___ shaddah
م ام ndashلحم ndashملح ndashملح ndashسلم ndashسلم ndashكرم _ كر -تبت ndashلح
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored
pens
Flashcards with studied words
so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
ار ndashرسم رسام ndashكتب كتاب ام ndashدالل ndashدل ndashبحر بح ال ndashحم ال ndashمل ndashحم سكان ndashحمل حم
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
Students participate in a blog about hobbies and submit their answers
10 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can
do statements- The students
complete a self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman ArabiKatbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level
Leson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile Favorites 1 Day in Unit 13 Minutes 90
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge and
content information do learners need to demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Interpretive Communication
Students read identification cards of various contestants of various Arab shows They identify the names age places of origin some favorites and hobbies
Interpersonal Communication
Students exchange information about favorites and express a positive reaction such as ldquoGreatrdquo me too etc
Students identify one classmate that has the most in common with them
Vocabularies and Phrases
األلوان أبيض أخضر أحمر أزرق أسود بني بنفسجي برتقالي رمادي
مشروب شاي ـ قهوة ـ ماء ـ عصير ndashكتاب ndashما هو طعامك المفضل طعامي المفضل هو
Phonics Sound of the letter ز
Language Possessive pronouns ي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
Programs such as ldquoArab Idolsrdquo exist over the world It is widely watched and good amount of people votes for them However there are people who are strongly object them and do not respect the contestant
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can demonstrate the lesson can-do statements
Students read multiple identification cards about contestant that apply for various shows for talents and singing They identify the name age hobbies and favorites
Students get to know about their classmatesrsquo favorite foods drinks book and color
Students complete worksheets that focus on developing literacy skills
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the lesson objectives and activities of the day
The teacher shows an ID card of one of the Arab Idol contestant
She asks them to list the information they might find in this cards (Brainstorming)
The teacher asks her students what other information they might find in this text Students would recognize they listed the hobbies
10 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students predict the meaning of the word favorite Students predict what types of favorites are listed by looking at the Icon drawn next to it
Provide Input
The teacher asks students about types of food they like Starting with types of food is easy since most of the names are cognates
األكل السوري ndashاألكل الصيني ndashاألكل العربي ـ األكل اإليطالي The teacher model asking and stating types of food Then the
teacher introduces the names of the drinks The teacher uses an ad for an Arabic cafeacute to input the names of the drinks
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice asking their classmates about favorite food and drinks
She asks students to identify the name age and nationality of the contestant
10 min
Provide Input
The teacher introduces her favorite book and writes the word book and the questions on the board
The teacher introduces the colors one at a time
The teacher mentions the people dressed in that color and state the names of the student wearing that color
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students ask and answer questions about their favorite colors and books
Students look at the ID card again and identify the colors and books the contestants like
In groups students in each group examine different ID cards and Identify names nationalities age favorites country of origin and country they live at
15 min Arab Idols and The voice ndash Contestant
ID cards
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Provide Input The teacher explains and acts out what the students need to do
She model asking and answering questions with one or two students
5 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students stand in two lines and talk to each and they record
their findings 10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher writes on the board the words أرز ndashزهري ndashأزرق ndashزين-
and asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ز The teacher traces the letter in every word
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ز way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ز with short and long vowels
5 min
PPT
Board and different colored pens
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list names andor that has the letter ز in them such as
-زوي ndashحزين ndashزاك ndashزينة
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the letter ldquo like ldquoت تـ ز د ح ل و س سـ ب ك ر
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
تزول ndashزالت -زال ndashرزان ndashزيز -وزير ndashحزين ndashنزار ndashوزن ndashزميل ndashزحلndash زلزال -منزلي ndashمنزل ndashنزلنا ndashنزلت ndashنزل ndashأزرار ndashزر ndashيزول
10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic Constructing a Facebook Profile
Favorites 2
Day in Unit 14 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read about two famous Arabic speaking singers Identify their names countries of origin birthdates ages and preferences They guess meaning of words according to clues in the text
Interpersonal Communication
Students share favorites in groups and ask extended questions about where when and with whom they practice them or watch them
Students impersonate contestants from the Arab world who are meeting in the program for the first time They exchange information about each other including favorites and hobbies
Vocabulary
فيلم ndashفريق -المفضلة ndashموسيقى ndashأحسن أفضل سيارة
المفضلة رياضتي ndashأحسن رياضة
موسيقاك المفضلة -أحب الرياضة لكن رياضتي المفضلة هي موسيقاي المفضلة
ما هو المفضل ما هي المفضلة
Phonics Sound of the letter ض
Language Possessive pronouns ه هاي ك ك
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Content and Cultural Knowledge
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The use of الحمد هلل rdquo and positive reaction to make indicate a shared understanding of the person addressed
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Read about two famous singers and complete an information graph about them Impersonate an Arab person after reading about himher the students choose and talk to couple classmates and talk about self Complete a worksheet about the letter than demonstrates the studentsrsquo ability to recognize the words that have the letter complete the word with the
missing letter create words using the letters learned so far
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
The teacher asks students to write the date and begin a daily journal by writing about their feelings and reporting on the weather The daily routine helps them to practice writing and makes them accountable to what they do and learn during the day
5 min
PPT
Paper and pen
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Students greet each other and ask about how they feel about the day and say goodbye
Students review how to ask about favorites items they have learned in the previous class
Provide Input
The teacher introduces the names of items they will use to answer questions about their favorites
The teacher raises the awareness of noun adjectives agreements in the new vocabulary and in the vocabulary they learned in the previous class
When students ask the teacher provides information on the use of dialect when talking about favorites
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students practice using new vocabulary when inquiring and talking about favorites
Receptive bilinguals who likes to talk to their family in Arabic ask how can perform the task using the dialect (differentiation)
10 min
Provide Input
Listen to songs that are sung by the two artists
Visit a website that provides biographical information about actresses and singers from the United States
In groups students predict the information they will find and explain why they expect to find that information in the text
10 min
Worksheet
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students work in pairs to locate information about one of the artists
Students use strategies and cognates find information provided
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input The teacher provides instruction for the interpersonal task 5 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
AB activity Each student impersonates the artist heshe read about The second student pretends that he is at a TV show interviewing this celebrity
10 min Instructions ndash phone for recording
Provide Input The teacher writes on the board the words أرض -مير ض and - مفضل ndash
asks students to identify the sound that are repeated in every word the students would say the ض The teacher traces the letter in every word
10 min PPT
Board and different colored pens
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher writes the letter in its various shapes and models the ض way students can write it The teacher sounds the letter ض with short and long vowels
Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
Students list the words that they know and have the letter ض in them such as أخضر ndashأبيض ndashأفضل-
Students complete various activities including copying the letter circling the letter in a written text completing names of countries that has the lette ـم ض ت ح د ل أ و س سـ ب ك ر ن ldquo like
Students play with the letters they have learned to write new and old words they have learned
مريض ndashيراضي ndashأراضي ndashأرضي ndashأبيض ndashضرس ndashضرير ndashرضيع ndashضميرndash ضب ndashحليم ndashحزين ndashمرتاح
15 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
Daily Lesson Plans
Name of the Teacher Iman Arabi Katbi Hashem Language Level Novice-Low Grade Level Level 1 Arabic - High
School amp Post-Secondary
Lesson Topic What type of Marital Status are
you in
Day in Unit 15 Minutes 90 min
STAGE 1 What will learners be able to do with what they know by the end of this lesson
DO
What are the learning targets for this lesson
KNOW
What vocabulary grammatical structures language chunks cultural knowledge
and content information do learners need to accomplish the lesson can-do
Interpretive Communication
Students read the choices about marital relationships and choose the one they would like to put on their Facebook profile
Interpersonal Communication
Students asks and answer questions about their marital relationships the name of the person whom they have relationship and basic information about them
Vocabulary في عالقة مفتوحة ndashفي عالقة حب ndashمتزوجة ndashمتزوج ndashعزباء ndashأعزبndash
مطلق مطلقة ndashخاطب مخطوبة ndashحالة معقدة
هل أنت ما اسمها كم عمرها أين تسكن
Phonics dividing the words into letters and type them on word page
Language Possessive pronouns ه ها
nounadjective agreement for in masculine and feminine noun
Cultural and Content Knowledge
People in the Arab world ask about each other marital relationship
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
STAGE 2 How will learners demonstrate what they can do with what they know by the end of the lesson
What will learners do (learning tasksactivitiesformative assessments) to demonstrate they can meet the lesson can-do
Students match the marital status with the picture that represents it Students read about various people and identify their marital statues they listed
o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100004718800784ampref=tsampfref=ts o httpswwwfacebookcomYoussefKhaledAbdulQadiraboutsection=bio He wrote about his hobbies too o httpswwwfacebookcomprofilephpid=100006877399060ampsk=aboutampsection=relationship
Type words and phrases in Arabic
STAGE 3 What will prepare learners to demonstrate what they can do with what they know
How will you facilitate the learning What activities will be used to ensure learners accomplish the lesson can do What will the teacher be doing What will the students be doing
Lesson Sequence ActivityActivities
What will learners do What will the teacher do
Time How many minutes
will this segment take
Materials Resources Technology What materials will you develop
What materials will you use from other sources Be specific
Gain Attention Activate
Prior Knowledge
The teacher begins with greetings and the agenda of the day
Students greet each other and ask about wellbeing via Skype or WhatsApp
5 min Lesson objectives
WhatsApp- smartphone- Ipad- tablet
Provide Input The teacher projects the choices for the marital status and asks
the students to think what options they usually have
The students list the choices
10 min PPT
Board and markers
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The teacher shows pictures of various types of relationships and act out the meaning of the other words
The teacher use each word and asks the students are you married engaged etc
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students match the pictures with the words that relates to it
Students give examples from famous American people for each or at least most of the statues
10 min ورقة عمل
Provide Input
The teacher opens the Facebook on a page that shows the profile in Arabic
The teacher provides interpretive guide and discuss it with the students
5 min
هدى الحويطي
httpswwwfacebookcomahmada
mshaposts390689810995574
السيرة الذاتية
httpkenanaonlinecomusersabde
lazizrabieposts145116
Video clip
PPT ndash a copy of a Facebook ldquoaboutrdquo
section
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students complete a grid with information about the people whom they read their profiles
10 min A copy of the Facebook sign in form
Provide Input
The teacher asks students what types of questions they would like to ask the Arab person they will meet on Skype
The teacher model with one student She reminds them with the words they will need to ask for clarification or checking if they heard the words is correct
10 min
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback
The students choose one person from the one they read their profile and or the teacher provide four sets for four people The students need to speak with one partner
20
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form
Getting to Know People from the Arabic Speaking World
Iman Arabi-Katbi Hashem 2015 Lesson Plan Template is adopted from ACTFL Keys to Planning for Learning by Clementi amp Terrill copy 2013 and STARTALK Lesson Plans for Students Program
The students use Skype in the computer lab or their smartIpad phones to use Skype It is important to practice using Skype
Provide Input
The teacher review all the letters studied so far
The teacher shows the students how to use the ldquoon-screen keyboardrdquo in order to be able to type in Arabic (Click on all programs go to accessories then click on ease of access)
10 min PPT Board and different colored pens Flashcards with studied words so far
Elicit Performance
Provide Feedback Students practice typing words from the vocabularies and phrases they
learned in this unit 10 min Worksheet
Closure
Students need to match in their notebook what they have learned with objectives of the day
Use checklist to mark the things they have learned very well things they have learned somewhat but need practice and things they are having difficulties with (understanding or producing)
5 min
Lesson objectives checklist or can do
statements- The students complete a
self-evaluation form